Sema.h revision a4dc51b46861eb52626f89183da7610437baba93
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 742 /// definition in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 744 745 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 746 void getUndefinedButUsed( 747 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 748 749 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 750 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 751 752 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 753 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 754 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 755 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 756 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 757 758 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 759 /// of -Wselector. 760 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 761 762 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 763 enum CXXSpecialMember { 764 CXXDefaultConstructor, 765 CXXCopyConstructor, 766 CXXMoveConstructor, 767 CXXCopyAssignment, 768 CXXMoveAssignment, 769 CXXDestructor, 770 CXXInvalid 771 }; 772 773 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 774 775 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 776 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 777 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 778 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 779 780 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 781 782 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 783 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 784 785 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 786 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 787 /// should not be used elsewhere. 788 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 789 790 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 791 /// statements. 792 class FPContractStateRAII { 793 public: 794 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 795 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 796 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 797 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 798 } 799 private: 800 Sema& S; 801 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 802 }; 803 804public: 805 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 806 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 807 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 808 ~Sema(); 809 810 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 811 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 812 void Initialize(); 813 814 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 815 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 816 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 817 818 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 819 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 820 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 821 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 822 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 823 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 824 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 825 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 826 827 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 828 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 829 /// 830 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 831 /// 832 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 833 834 void PrintStats() const; 835 836 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 837 /// template instantiation stacks. 838 /// 839 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 840 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 841 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 843 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 844 /// well. 845 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 846 Sema &SemaRef; 847 unsigned DiagID; 848 849 public: 850 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 851 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 852 853 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 854 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 855 if (!isActive()) return; 856 857 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 858 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 859 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 860 // 861 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 862 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 863 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 864 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 865 // eliminate that code. 866 FlushCounts(); 867 Clear(); 868 869 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 870 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 871 } 872 }; 873 874 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 875 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 876 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 877 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 878 } 879 880 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 881 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 882 883 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 884 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 885 886 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 887 888 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 889 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 890 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 891 892 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 893 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 894 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 895 896 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 897 898 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 899 900 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 901 902 void PushFunctionScope(); 903 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 904 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 905 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 906 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 907 908 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 909 return FunctionScopes.back(); 910 } 911 912 void PushCompoundScope(); 913 void PopCompoundScope(); 914 915 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 916 917 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 918 919 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 920 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 921 922 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 923 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 924 925 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 926 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 927 928 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 929 930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 931 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 932 // 933 934 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 935 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 936 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 937 } 938 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 939 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 940 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 943 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 944 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 946 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 947 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 948 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 949 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 950 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 951 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 952 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 953 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 954 SourceLocation Loc, 955 DeclarationName Entity); 956 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 957 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 958 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 959 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 960 961 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 962 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 963 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 964 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 965 966 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 967 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 968 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 969 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 970 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 971 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 972 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 973 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 974 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 975 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 976 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 977 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 978 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 979 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 980 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 981 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 982 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 983 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 984 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 985 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 986 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 987 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 988 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 989 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 990 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 991 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 992 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 993 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 994 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 995 996 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 997 998 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 999 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1000 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1001 1002 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1003 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1004 bool Suppressed; 1005 1006 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1007 1008 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1009 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1010 }; 1011 1012 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1013 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1014 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1015 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1016 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1017 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1018 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1019 return II; 1020 } 1021 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1022 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1023 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1024 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1025 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1026 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1027 1028 template<typename T1> 1029 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1030 unsigned DiagID; 1031 const T1 &Arg1; 1032 1033 public: 1034 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1035 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1036 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1037 if (Suppressed) return; 1038 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1039 } 1040 1041 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1042 }; 1043 1044 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1045 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1046 unsigned DiagID; 1047 const T1 &Arg1; 1048 const T2 &Arg2; 1049 1050 public: 1051 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1052 const T2 &Arg2) 1053 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1054 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1055 1056 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1057 if (Suppressed) return; 1058 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1059 } 1060 1061 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1062 }; 1063 1064 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1065 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1066 unsigned DiagID; 1067 const T1 &Arg1; 1068 const T2 &Arg2; 1069 const T3 &Arg3; 1070 1071 public: 1072 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1073 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1074 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1075 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1076 1077 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1078 if (Suppressed) return; 1079 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1080 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1081 } 1082 1083 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1084 }; 1085 1086 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1087 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1088 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1089 unsigned DiagID); 1090 1091 template<typename T1> 1092 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1093 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1094 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1095 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1096 } 1097 1098 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1099 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1100 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1102 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1103 } 1104 1105 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1106 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1107 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1108 const T3 &Arg3) { 1109 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1110 Arg3); 1111 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1112 } 1113 1114 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1115 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1116 1117 template<typename T1> 1118 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1119 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1120 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1121 } 1122 1123 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1124 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1125 const T2 &Arg2) { 1126 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1127 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1128 } 1129 1130 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1131 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1132 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1133 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1134 Arg3); 1135 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1136 } 1137 1138 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1139 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1140 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1141 1142 template<typename T1> 1143 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1144 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1145 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1146 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1147 } 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1150 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1151 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1152 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1153 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1154 } 1155 1156 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1157 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1158 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1159 const T3 &Arg3) { 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1161 Arg3); 1162 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1163 } 1164 1165 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1166 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1167 1168 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1169 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1170 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1171 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1172 SourceLocation Loc); 1173 1174 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1175 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1176 // 1177 1178 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1179 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1180 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1181 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1182 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1183 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1184 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1185 /// such as: 1186 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1187 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1188 1189 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1190 1191 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1192 1193 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1194 1195 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1196 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1197 bool isClassName = false, 1198 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1199 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1200 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1201 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1202 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1203 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1204 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1205 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1206 SourceLocation IILoc, 1207 Scope *S, 1208 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1209 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1210 1211 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1212 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1213 enum NameClassificationKind { 1214 NC_Unknown, 1215 NC_Error, 1216 NC_Keyword, 1217 NC_Type, 1218 NC_Expression, 1219 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1220 NC_TypeTemplate, 1221 NC_FunctionTemplate 1222 }; 1223 1224 class NameClassification { 1225 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1226 ExprResult Expr; 1227 TemplateName Template; 1228 ParsedType Type; 1229 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1230 1231 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1232 1233 public: 1234 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1235 1236 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1237 1238 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1239 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1240 1241 static NameClassification Error() { 1242 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1243 } 1244 1245 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1246 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1247 } 1248 1249 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1250 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1251 } 1252 1253 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1254 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1255 Result.Template = Name; 1256 return Result; 1257 } 1258 1259 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1260 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1261 Result.Template = Name; 1262 return Result; 1263 } 1264 1265 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1266 1267 ParsedType getType() const { 1268 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1269 return Type; 1270 } 1271 1272 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1273 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1274 return Expr; 1275 } 1276 1277 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1278 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1279 return Template; 1280 } 1281 1282 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1283 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1284 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1285 } 1286 }; 1287 1288 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1289 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1290 /// 1291 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1292 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1293 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1296 /// 1297 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1298 /// 1299 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1300 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1301 /// 1302 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1303 /// 1304 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1305 /// disambiguate the name. 1306 /// 1307 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1308 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1309 /// expression. 1310 /// 1311 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1312 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1313 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1314 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1315 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1316 const Token &NextToken, 1317 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1318 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1319 1320 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1321 1322 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1323 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1324 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1325 const LookupResult &Previous, 1326 Scope *S); 1327 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1328 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1329 DeclarationName Name, 1330 SourceLocation Loc); 1331 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1332 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1333 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1334 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1335 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1336 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1337 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1338 LookupResult &Previous); 1339 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1340 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1341 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1342 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1343 LookupResult &Previous, 1344 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1345 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1346 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1347 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1348 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1349 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1350 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1352 LookupResult &Previous, 1353 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1354 bool &AddToScope); 1355 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1356 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1357 1358 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1359 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1360 1361 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1362 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1363 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1364 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1365 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1366 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1367 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1368 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1369 SourceLocation Loc, 1370 QualType T); 1371 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1372 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1373 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1374 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1375 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1376 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1377 Expr *defarg); 1378 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1379 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1380 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1381 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1382 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1383 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1384 1385 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1386 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1387 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1388 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1389 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1390 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1391 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1392 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1393 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1394 Decl **Group, 1395 unsigned NumDecls); 1396 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1397 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1398 1399 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1400 /// documentation comments. 1401 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1402 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1403 1404 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1405 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1406 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1407 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1408 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1409 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1410 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1411 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1412 } 1413 1414 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1415 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1416 /// code for that function. 1417 /// 1418 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1419 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1420 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1421 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1422 1423 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1424 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1425 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1426 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1427 1428 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1429 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1430 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1431 1432 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1433 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1434 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1435 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1436 1437 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1438 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1439 /// specified threshold. 1440 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1441 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1442 QualType ReturnTy, 1443 NamedDecl *D); 1444 1445 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1446 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1447 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1448 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1449 1450 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1451 /// 1452 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1453 /// 1454 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1455 /// 1456 /// \param Path The module access path. 1457 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1458 ModuleIdPath Path); 1459 1460 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1461 /// source location. 1462 /// 1463 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1464 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1465 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1466 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1467 1468 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1469 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1470 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1471 } 1472 1473 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1474 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1475 const Preprocessor &PP); 1476 1477 /// Scope actions. 1478 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1479 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1480 1481 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1482 DeclSpec &DS); 1483 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1484 DeclSpec &DS, 1485 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1486 1487 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1488 AccessSpecifier AS, 1489 RecordDecl *Record); 1490 1491 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1492 RecordDecl *Record); 1493 1494 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1495 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1496 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1497 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1498 1499 enum TagUseKind { 1500 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1501 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1502 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1503 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1504 }; 1505 1506 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1507 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1508 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1509 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1510 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1511 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1512 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1513 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1514 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1515 1516 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1517 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1518 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1519 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1520 AttributeList *Attr, 1521 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1522 1523 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1524 unsigned TagSpec, 1525 TagUseKind TUK, 1526 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1527 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1528 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1529 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1530 1531 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1532 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1533 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1534 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1535 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1536 1537 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1538 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1539 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1540 AccessSpecifier AS); 1541 1542 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1543 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1544 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1545 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1546 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1547 SourceLocation TSSL, 1548 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1549 Declarator *D = 0); 1550 1551 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1552 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1553 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1554 bool Diagnose = false); 1555 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1556 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1557 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1558 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1559 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1560 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1561 1562 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1563 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1564 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1565 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1566 AttributeList *AttrList); 1567 1568 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1569 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1570 /// struct, or union). 1571 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1572 1573 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1574 1575 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1576 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1577 /// member declarations. 1578 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1579 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1580 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1581 1582 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1583 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1584 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1585 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1586 1587 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1588 1589 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1590 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1591 /// 1592 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1593 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1594 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1595 1596 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1597 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1598 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1599 1600 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1601 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1602 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1603 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1604 Expr *val); 1605 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1606 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1607 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1608 1609 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1610 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1611 AttributeList *Attrs, 1612 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1613 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1614 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1615 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1616 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1617 1618 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1619 1620 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1621 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1622 void PopDeclContext(); 1623 1624 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1625 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1626 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1627 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1628 1629 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1630 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1631 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1632 1633 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1634 1635 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1636 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1637 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1638 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1639 1640 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1641 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1642 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1643 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1644 1645 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1646 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1647 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1648 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1649 1650 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1651 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1652 1653 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1654 /// top level scope. 1655 /// 1656 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1657 /// 1658 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1659 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1660 1661 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1662 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1663 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1664 /// 1665 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1666 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1667 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1668 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1669 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1670 1671 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1672 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1673 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1674 1675 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1676 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1677 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1678 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1679 1680 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1681 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1682 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1683 VersionTuple Introduced, 1684 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1685 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1686 bool IsUnavailable, 1687 StringRef Message, 1688 bool Override, 1689 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1690 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1691 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1692 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1693 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1694 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1695 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1696 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1697 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1698 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1699 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1700 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1701 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1702 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1703 bool Override); 1704 1705 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1706 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1707 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1708 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1709 AMK_None, 1710 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1711 /// an exact match. 1712 AMK_Redeclaration, 1713 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1714 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1715 AMK_Override 1716 }; 1717 1718 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1719 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1720 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1721 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1722 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1723 Scope *S); 1724 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1725 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1726 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1727 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1728 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1729 1730 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1731 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1732 enum AssignmentAction { 1733 AA_Assigning, 1734 AA_Passing, 1735 AA_Returning, 1736 AA_Converting, 1737 AA_Initializing, 1738 AA_Sending, 1739 AA_Casting 1740 }; 1741 1742 /// C++ Overloading. 1743 enum OverloadKind { 1744 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1745 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1746 Ovl_Overload, 1747 1748 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1749 /// an existing declaration. 1750 Ovl_Match, 1751 1752 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1753 /// non-function. 1754 Ovl_NonFunction 1755 }; 1756 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1757 FunctionDecl *New, 1758 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1759 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1760 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1761 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1762 1763 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1764 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1765 /// 1766 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1767 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1768 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1769 1770 ImplicitConversionSequence 1771 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1772 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1773 bool AllowExplicit, 1774 bool InOverloadResolution, 1775 bool CStyle, 1776 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1777 1778 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1779 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1780 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1781 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1782 bool InOverloadResolution, 1783 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1784 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1785 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1786 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1787 QualType &ConvertedType); 1788 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1789 QualType& ConvertedType); 1790 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1791 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1792 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1793 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1794 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1795 1796 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1797 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1798 CastKind &Kind, 1799 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1800 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1801 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1802 bool InOverloadResolution, 1803 QualType &ConvertedType); 1804 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1805 CastKind &Kind, 1806 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1807 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1808 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1809 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1810 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1811 QualType &ResultTy); 1812 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1813 1814 1815 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1816 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1817 QualType ResultType, 1818 Expr *Value, 1819 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1820 1821 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1822 ExprResult Init); 1823 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1824 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1825 ExprResult Init, 1826 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1827 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1828 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1829 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1830 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1831 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1832 1833 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1834 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1835 1836 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1837 enum CCEKind { 1838 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1839 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1840 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1841 }; 1842 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1843 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1844 1845 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1846 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1847 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1848 public: 1849 bool Suppress; 1850 bool SuppressConversion; 1851 1852 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1853 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1854 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1855 1856 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1857 /// integral or enumeration type. 1858 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1859 QualType T) = 0; 1860 1861 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1862 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1863 QualType T) = 0; 1864 1865 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1866 /// is explicit. 1867 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1868 QualType T, 1869 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1870 1871 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1872 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1873 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1874 1875 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1876 /// functions. 1877 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1878 QualType T) = 0; 1879 1880 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1881 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1882 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1883 1884 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1885 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1886 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1887 QualType T, 1888 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1889 1890 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1891 }; 1892 1893 ExprResult 1894 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1895 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1896 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1897 1898 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1899 OS_Array, 1900 OS_Dictionary, 1901 OS_Error 1902 }; 1903 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1904 1905 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1906 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1907 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1908 LK_Array, 1909 LK_Dictionary, 1910 LK_Numeric, 1911 LK_Boxed, 1912 LK_String, 1913 LK_Block, 1914 LK_None 1915 }; 1916 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1917 1918 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1919 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1920 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1921 NamedDecl *Member); 1922 1923 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1924 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1925 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1926 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1927 1928 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1929 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1930 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1931 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1932 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1933 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1934 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1935 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1936 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1937 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1938 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1939 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1940 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1941 QualType ObjectType, 1942 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1943 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1944 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1945 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1946 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1947 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1948 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1949 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1950 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1951 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1952 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1953 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1954 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1955 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1956 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1957 QualType ObjectType, 1958 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1959 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1960 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1961 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1962 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1963 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1964 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1965 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1966 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1967 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1968 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1969 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1970 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1971 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1972 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1973 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1974 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1975 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1976 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1977 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1978 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1979 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1980 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1981 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1982 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1983 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1984 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1985 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1986 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1987 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1988 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1989 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1990 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1991 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1992 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1993 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1994 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1995 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1996 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1997 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1998 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1999 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2000 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2001 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2002 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2003 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2004 2005 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2006 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2007 2008 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2009 // identified by the expression Expr 2010 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2011 2012 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2013 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2014 // R (A) --> R(A) 2015 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2016 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2017 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2018 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2019 2020 FunctionDecl * 2021 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2022 QualType TargetType, 2023 bool Complain, 2024 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2025 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2026 2027 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2028 bool Complain = false, 2029 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2030 2031 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2032 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2033 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2034 bool Complain = false, 2035 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2036 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2037 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2038 2039 2040 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2041 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2042 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2043 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2044 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2045 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2046 2047 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2048 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2049 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2050 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2051 2052 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2053 // range-based for loop. 2054 enum ForRangeStatus { 2055 FRS_Success, 2056 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2057 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2058 }; 2059 2060 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2061 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2062 enum BeginEndFunction { 2063 BEF_begin, 2064 BEF_end 2065 }; 2066 2067 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2068 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2069 VarDecl *Decl, 2070 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2071 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2072 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2073 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2074 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2075 2076 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2077 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2078 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2080 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2081 Expr *ExecConfig, 2082 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2083 2084 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2085 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2086 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2087 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2088 ExprResult *Result); 2089 2090 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2091 unsigned Opc, 2092 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2093 Expr *input); 2094 2095 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2096 unsigned Opc, 2097 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2098 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2099 2100 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2101 SourceLocation RLoc, 2102 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2103 2104 ExprResult 2105 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2106 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2107 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2108 ExprResult 2109 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2110 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2111 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2112 2113 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2114 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2115 2116 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2117 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2118 /// that best represents the call. 2119 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2120 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2121 2122 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2123 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2124 bool CheckParameterNames); 2125 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2126 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2127 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2128 2129 /// \name Name lookup 2130 /// 2131 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2132 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2133 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2134 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2135 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2136 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2137 /// 2138 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2139 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2140 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2141 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2142 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2143 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2144 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2145 /// 2146 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2147 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2148 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2149 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2150 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2151 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2152 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2153 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2154 //@{ 2155 2156 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2157 enum LookupNameKind { 2158 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2159 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2160 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2161 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2162 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2163 /// structs, and unions. 2164 LookupTagName, 2165 /// Label name lookup. 2166 LookupLabel, 2167 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2168 /// class/struct/union members. 2169 LookupMemberName, 2170 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2171 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2172 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2173 LookupOperatorName, 2174 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2175 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2176 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2177 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2178 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2179 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2180 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2181 LookupNamespaceName, 2182 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2183 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2184 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2185 LookupUsingDeclName, 2186 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2187 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2188 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2189 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2190 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2191 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2192 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2193 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2194 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2195 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2196 LookupAnyName 2197 }; 2198 2199 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2200 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2201 enum RedeclarationKind { 2202 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2203 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2204 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2205 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2206 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2207 ForRedeclaration 2208 }; 2209 2210 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2211 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2212 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2213 LOLR_Error, 2214 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2215 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2216 LOLR_Cooked, 2217 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2218 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2219 LOLR_Raw, 2220 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2221 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2222 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2223 LOLR_Template 2224 }; 2225 2226 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2227 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2228 bool ConstArg, 2229 bool VolatileArg, 2230 bool RValueThis, 2231 bool ConstThis, 2232 bool VolatileThis); 2233 2234private: 2235 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2236 2237 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2238 // 2239 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2240 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2241 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2242 2243 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2244 /// source. 2245 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2246 2247public: 2248 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2249 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2250 /// 2251 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2252 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2253 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2254 SourceLocation Loc, 2255 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2256 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2257 = NotForRedeclaration); 2258 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2259 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2260 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2261 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2262 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2263 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2264 bool EnteringContext = false); 2265 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2266 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2267 = NotForRedeclaration); 2268 2269 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2270 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2271 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2272 2273 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2274 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2275 2276 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2277 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2278 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2279 unsigned Quals); 2280 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2281 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2282 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2283 unsigned Quals); 2284 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2285 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2286 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2287 2288 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2289 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2290 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2291 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2292 2293 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2294 SourceLocation Loc, 2295 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2296 ADLResult &Functions); 2297 2298 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2299 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2300 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2301 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2302 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2303 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2304 2305 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2306 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2307 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2308 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2309 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2310 bool EnteringContext = false, 2311 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2312 2313 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2314 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2315 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2316 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2317 2318 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2319 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2320 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2321 2322 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2323 //@} 2324 2325 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2326 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2327 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2328 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2329 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2330 SourceLocation Loc); 2331 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2332 Scope *S); 2333 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2334 2335 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2336 2337 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2338 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2339 bool NonInheritable = true, 2340 bool Inheritable = true); 2341 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2342 bool NonInheritable = true, 2343 bool Inheritable = true, 2344 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2345 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2346 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2347 2348 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2349 2350 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2351 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2352 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2353 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2354 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2355 2356 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2357 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2358 SourceRange Range); 2359 2360 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2361 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2362 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2363 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2364 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2365 2366 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2367 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2368 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2369 2370 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2371 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2372 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2373 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2374 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2375 2376 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2377 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2378 2379 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2380 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2381 2382 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2383 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2384 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2385 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2386 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2387 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2388 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2389 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2390 2391 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2392 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2393 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2394 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2395 SourceLocation Loc); 2396 2397 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2398 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2399 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2400 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2401 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2402 2403 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2404 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2405 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2406 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2407 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2408 2409 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2410 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2411 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2413 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2414 2415 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2416 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2417 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2418 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2419 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2420 2421 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2422 /// class extensions. 2423 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2424 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2425 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2426 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2427 Selector GetterSel, 2428 Selector SetterSel, 2429 const bool isAssign, 2430 const bool isReadWrite, 2431 const unsigned Attributes, 2432 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2433 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2434 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2435 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2436 2437 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2438 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2439 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2440 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2441 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2442 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2443 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2444 Selector GetterSel, 2445 Selector SetterSel, 2446 const bool isAssign, 2447 const bool isReadWrite, 2448 const unsigned Attributes, 2449 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2450 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2451 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2452 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2453 2454 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2455 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2456 /// setter or getter. 2457 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2458 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2459 2460 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2461 2462 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2463 2464 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2465 MMS_loose, 2466 MMS_strict 2467 }; 2468 2469 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2470 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2471 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2472 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2473 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2474 2475 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2476 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2477 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2478 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2479 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2480 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2481 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2482 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2483 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2484 bool ImmediateClass, 2485 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2486 2487 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2488 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2489 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2490 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2491 2492 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2493 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2494 2495private: 2496 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2497 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2498 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2499 2500 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2501 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2502 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2503 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2504 bool warn, bool instance); 2505 2506public: 2507 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2508 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2509 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2510 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2511 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2512 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2516 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2517 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2518 } 2519 2520 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2521 /// pool. 2522 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2523 2524 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2525 /// there are multiple signatures. 2526 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2527 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2528 bool warn=true) { 2529 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2530 warn, /*instance*/true); 2531 } 2532 2533 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2534 /// there are multiple signatures. 2535 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2536 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2537 bool warn=true) { 2538 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2539 warn, /*instance*/false); 2540 } 2541 2542 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2543 /// implementation. 2544 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2545 2546 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2547 /// initialization. 2548 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2549 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2550 2551 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2552 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2553public: 2554 class FullExprArg { 2555 public: 2556 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2557 2558 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2559 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2560 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2561 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2562 2563 ExprResult release() { 2564 return E; 2565 } 2566 2567 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2568 2569 Expr *operator->() { 2570 return E; 2571 } 2572 2573 private: 2574 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2575 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2576 friend class Sema; 2577 2578 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2579 2580 Expr *E; 2581 }; 2582 2583 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2584 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2585 } 2586 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2587 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2588 } 2589 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2590 ExprResult FE = 2591 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2592 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2593 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2594 } 2595 2596 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2597 2598 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2599 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2600 2601 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2602 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2603 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2604 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2605 bool isStmtExpr); 2606 2607 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2608 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2609 public: 2610 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2611 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2612 } 2613 2614 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2615 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2616 } 2617 2618 private: 2619 Sema &S; 2620 }; 2621 2622 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2623 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2624 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2625 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2626 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2627 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2628 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2629 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2630 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2631 2632 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2633 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2634 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2635 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2636 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2637 2638 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2639 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2640 Stmt *SubStmt); 2641 2642 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2643 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2644 Stmt *ThenVal, 2645 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2646 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2647 Expr *Cond, 2648 Decl *CondVar); 2649 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2650 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2651 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2652 FullExprArg Cond, 2653 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2654 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2655 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2656 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2657 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2658 2659 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2660 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2661 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2662 Decl *SecondVar, 2663 FullExprArg Third, 2664 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2665 Stmt *Body); 2666 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2667 Expr *collection); 2668 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2669 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2670 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2671 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2672 2673 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2674 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2675 BFRK_Build, 2676 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2677 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2678 BFRK_Rebuild, 2679 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2680 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2681 BFRK_Check 2682 }; 2683 2684 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2685 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2686 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2687 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2688 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2689 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2690 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2691 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2692 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2693 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2694 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2695 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2696 2697 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2698 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2699 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2700 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2701 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2702 Expr *DestExp); 2703 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2704 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2705 2706 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2707 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2708 2709 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2710 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2711 2712 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2713 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2714 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2715 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2716 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2717 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2718 2719 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2720 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2721 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2722 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2723 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2724 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2725 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2726 2727 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2728 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2729 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2730 bool Invalid = false); 2731 2732 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2733 2734 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2735 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2736 2737 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2738 2739 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2740 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2741 2742 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2743 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2744 Scope *CurScope); 2745 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2746 Expr *operand); 2747 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2748 Expr *SynchExpr, 2749 Stmt *SynchBody); 2750 2751 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2752 2753 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2754 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2755 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2756 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2757 2758 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2759 2760 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2761 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2762 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2763 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2764 2765 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2766 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2767 Stmt *TryBlock, 2768 Stmt *Handler); 2769 2770 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2771 Expr *FilterExpr, 2772 Stmt *Block); 2773 2774 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2775 Stmt *Block); 2776 2777 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2778 2779 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2780 2781 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2782 /// of it. 2783 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2784 2785 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2786 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2787 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2788 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2789 2790 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2791 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2792 /// 2793 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2794 /// if (condition); 2795 /// do_stuff(); 2796 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2797 const Stmt *Body, 2798 unsigned DiagID); 2799 2800 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2801 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2802 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2803 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2804 2805 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2806 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2807 } 2808 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2809 2810 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2811 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2812 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2813 } 2814 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2815 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2816 } 2817 2818 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2819 2820 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2821 SourceLocation Loc, 2822 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2823 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2824 2825 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2826 2827 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2828 StringRef message); 2829 2830 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2831 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2832 2833 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2834 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2835 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2836 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2837 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2838 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2839 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2840 SourceLocation Loc); 2841 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2842 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2843 2844 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2845 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2846 bool IsDecltype = false); 2847 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2848 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2849 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2850 bool IsDecltype = false); 2851 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2852 2853 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2854 2855 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2856 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2857 2858 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2859 2860 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2861 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2862 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2863 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2864 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2865 // named expressions. 2866 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2867 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2868 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2869 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2870 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2871 2872 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2873 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2874 2875 enum TryCaptureKind { 2876 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2877 }; 2878 2879 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2880 /// 2881 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2882 /// 2883 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2884 /// 2885 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2886 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2887 /// 2888 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2889 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2890 /// 2891 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2892 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2893 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2894 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2895 /// 2896 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2897 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2898 /// variable can be captured. 2899 /// 2900 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2901 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2902 /// captured. 2903 /// 2904 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2905 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2906 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2907 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2908 QualType &CaptureType, 2909 QualType &DeclRefType); 2910 2911 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2912 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2913 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2914 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2915 2916 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2917 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2918 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2919 2920 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2921 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2922 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2923 2924 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2925 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2926 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2927 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2928 bool ForceComplain = false, 2929 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2930 2931 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2932 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2933 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2934 2935 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2936 /// evaluation context. 2937 /// 2938 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2939 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2940 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2941 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2942 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2943 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2944 2945 // Primary Expressions. 2946 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2947 2948 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2949 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2950 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2951 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2952 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2953 2954 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2955 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2956 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2957 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2958 2959 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2960 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2961 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2962 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2963 2964 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2965 IdentifierInfo *II, 2966 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2967 2968 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2969 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2970 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2971 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2972 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2973 2974 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2975 ExprValueKind VK, 2976 SourceLocation Loc, 2977 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2978 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2979 ExprValueKind VK, 2980 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2981 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2982 ExprResult 2983 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2984 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2985 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2986 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2987 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2988 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2989 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2990 LookupResult &R, 2991 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2992 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2993 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2994 LookupResult &R, 2995 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2996 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2997 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2998 const LookupResult &R, 2999 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3000 3001 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3002 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3003 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3004 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3005 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3006 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3007 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3008 3009 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3010 LookupResult &R, 3011 bool NeedsADL); 3012 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3013 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3014 NamedDecl *D); 3015 3016 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3017 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3018 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3019 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3020 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3021 3022 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3023 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3024 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3025 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3026 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3027 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3028 SourceLocation R, 3029 MultiExprArg Val); 3030 3031 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3032 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3033 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3034 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3035 3036 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3037 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3038 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3039 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3040 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3041 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3042 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3043 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3044 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3045 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3046 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3047 Expr **Exprs, 3048 unsigned NumAssocs); 3049 3050 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3051 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3052 Expr *InputExpr); 3053 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3054 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3055 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3056 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3057 3058 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3059 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3060 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3061 SourceRange R); 3062 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3063 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3064 ExprResult 3065 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3066 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3067 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3068 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3069 3070 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3071 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3072 3073 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3074 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3075 SourceRange ExprRange, 3076 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3077 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3078 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3079 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3080 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3081 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3082 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3083 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3084 3085 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3086 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3087 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3088 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3089 3090 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3091 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3092 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3093 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3094 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3095 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3096 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3097 3098 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3099 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3100 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3101 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3102 // defines a custom operator->). 3103 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3104 Scope *S; 3105 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3106 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3107 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3108 }; 3109 3110 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3111 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3112 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3113 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3114 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3115 LookupResult &R, 3116 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3117 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3118 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3119 3120 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3121 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3122 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3123 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3124 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3125 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3126 3127 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3128 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3129 const LookupResult &R); 3130 3131 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3132 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3133 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3134 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3135 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3136 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3137 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3138 3139 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3140 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3141 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3142 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3143 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3144 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3145 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3146 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3147 3148 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3149 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3150 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3151 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3152 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3153 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3154 bool ExecConfig = false); 3155 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3156 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3157 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3158 3159 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3160 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3161 /// locations. 3162 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3163 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3164 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3165 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3166 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3167 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3168 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3169 Expr *Config = 0, 3170 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3171 3172 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3173 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3174 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3175 3176 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3177 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3178 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3179 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3180 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3181 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3182 Expr *Op); 3183 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3184 3185 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3186 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3187 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3188 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3189 3190 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3191 3192 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3193 ParsedType Ty, 3194 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3195 Expr *InitExpr); 3196 3197 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3198 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3199 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3200 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3201 3202 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3203 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3204 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3205 3206 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3207 SourceLocation Loc, 3208 bool GNUSyntax, 3209 ExprResult Init); 3210 3211 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3212 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3213 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3214 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3215 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3216 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3217 3218 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3219 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3220 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3221 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3222 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3223 3224 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3225 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3226 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3227 3228 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3229 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3230 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3231 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3232 3233 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3234 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3235 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3236 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3237 union { 3238 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3239 Expr *E; 3240 } U; 3241 }; 3242 3243 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3244 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3245 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3246 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3247 unsigned NumComponents, 3248 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3249 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3250 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3251 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3252 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3253 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3254 unsigned NumComponents, 3255 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3256 3257 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3258 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3259 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3260 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3261 3262 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3263 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3264 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3265 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3266 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3267 3268 // __null 3269 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3270 3271 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3272 3273 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3274 enum IfExistsResult { 3275 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3276 IER_Exists, 3277 3278 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3279 IER_DoesNotExist, 3280 3281 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3282 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3283 IER_Dependent, 3284 3285 /// \brief An error occurred. 3286 IER_Error 3287 }; 3288 3289 IfExistsResult 3290 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3291 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3292 3293 IfExistsResult 3294 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3295 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3296 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3297 3298 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3299 bool IsIfExists, 3300 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3301 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3302 Stmt *Nested); 3303 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3304 bool IsIfExists, 3305 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3306 Stmt *Nested); 3307 3308 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3309 3310 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3311 /// started. 3312 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3313 3314 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3315 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3316 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3317 Scope *CurScope); 3318 3319 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3320 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3321 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3322 3323 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3324 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3325 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3326 Scope *CurScope); 3327 3328 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3329 3330 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3331 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3332 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3333 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3334 3335 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3336 3337 // Act on C++ namespaces 3338 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3339 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3340 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3341 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3342 SourceLocation LBrace, 3343 AttributeList *AttrList); 3344 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3345 3346 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3347 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3348 3349 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3350 3351 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3352 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3353 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3354 3355 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3356 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3357 /// 3358 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3359 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3360 3361 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3362 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3363 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3364 3365 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3366 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3367 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3368 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3369 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3370 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3371 AttributeList *AttrList); 3372 3373 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3374 3375 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3376 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3377 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3378 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3379 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3380 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3381 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3382 3383 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3384 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3385 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3386 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3387 NamedDecl *Target); 3388 3389 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3390 bool isTypeName, 3391 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3392 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3393 const LookupResult &Previous); 3394 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3395 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3396 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3397 3398 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3399 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3400 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3401 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3402 AttributeList *AttrList, 3403 bool IsInstantiation, 3404 bool IsTypeName, 3405 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3406 3407 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3408 3409 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3410 AccessSpecifier AS, 3411 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3412 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3413 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3414 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3415 AttributeList *AttrList, 3416 bool IsTypeName, 3417 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3418 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3419 AccessSpecifier AS, 3420 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3421 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3422 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3423 TypeResult Type); 3424 3425 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3426 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3427 /// 3428 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3429 ExprResult 3430 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3431 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3432 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3433 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3434 SourceRange ParenRange); 3435 3436 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3437 // the constructor can be elidable? 3438 ExprResult 3439 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3440 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3441 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3442 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3443 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3444 3445 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3446 /// the default expr if needed. 3447 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3448 FunctionDecl *FD, 3449 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3450 3451 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3452 /// constructed variable. 3453 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3454 3455 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3456 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3457 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3458 // Pointer to allow copying 3459 Sema *Self; 3460 // We order exception specifications thus: 3461 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3462 // throw() comes next. 3463 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3464 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3465 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3466 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3467 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3468 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3469 3470 void ClearExceptions() { 3471 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3472 Exceptions.clear(); 3473 } 3474 3475 public: 3476 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3477 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3478 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3479 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3480 } 3481 3482 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3483 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3484 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3485 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3486 return ComputedEST; 3487 } 3488 3489 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3490 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3491 3492 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3493 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3494 3495 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3496 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3497 3498 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3499 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3500 3501 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3502 /// computed exception specification. 3503 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3504 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3505 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3506 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3507 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3508 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3509 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3510 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3511 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3512 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3513 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3514 tok::kw_false).take(); 3515 } 3516 } 3517 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3518 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3519 getEPI(EPI); 3520 return EPI; 3521 } 3522 }; 3523 3524 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3525 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3526 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3527 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3528 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3529 3530 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3531 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3532 /// will be const. 3533 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3534 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3535 3536 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3537 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3538 /// parameter will be const. 3539 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3540 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3541 3542 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3543 /// constructor of a class will have. 3544 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3545 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3546 3547 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3548 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3549 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3550 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3551 3552 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3553 /// destructor of a class will have. 3554 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3555 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3556 3557 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3558 /// special member function. 3559 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3560 3561 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3562 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3563 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3564 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3565 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3566 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3567 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3568 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3569 3570 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3571 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3572 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3573 bool Diagnose = false); 3574 3575 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3576 /// 3577 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3578 /// default constructor will be added. 3579 /// 3580 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3581 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3582 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3583 3584 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3585 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3586 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3587 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3588 3589 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3590 /// 3591 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3592 /// destructor will be added. 3593 /// 3594 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3595 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3596 3597 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3598 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3599 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3600 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3601 3602 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3603 /// 3604 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3605 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3606 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3607 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3608 3609 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3610 /// 3611 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3612 /// constructors will be added. 3613 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3614 3615 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3616 /// 3617 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3618 /// copy constructor will be added. 3619 /// 3620 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3621 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3622 3623 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3624 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3625 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3626 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3627 3628 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3629 /// 3630 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3631 /// move constructor will be added. 3632 /// 3633 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3634 /// declared. 3635 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3636 3637 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3638 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3639 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3640 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3641 3642 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3643 /// 3644 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3645 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3646 /// 3647 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3648 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3649 3650 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3651 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3652 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3653 3654 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3655 /// 3656 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3657 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3658 /// 3659 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3660 /// wasn't declared. 3661 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3662 3663 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3664 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3665 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3666 3667 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3668 /// class. 3669 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3670 3671 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3672 /// special member function. 3673 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3674 3675 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3676 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3677 /// 3678 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3679 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3680 3681 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3682 /// member function. 3683 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3684 3685 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3686 /// static member function. 3687 /// 3688 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3689 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3690 3691 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3692 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3693 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3694 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3695 3696 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3697 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3698 SourceLocation Loc, 3699 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3700 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3701 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3702 3703 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3704 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3705 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3706 ParsedType ObjectType, 3707 bool EnteringContext); 3708 3709 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3710 3711 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3712 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3713 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3714 3715 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3716 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3717 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3718 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3719 Declarator &D, 3720 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3721 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3722 Expr *E, 3723 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3724 3725 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3726 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3727 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3728 Expr *E, 3729 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3730 SourceRange Parens); 3731 3732 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3733 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3734 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3735 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3736 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3737 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3738 Expr *Operand, 3739 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3740 3741 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3742 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3743 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3744 void *TyOrExpr, 3745 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3746 3747 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3748 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3749 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3750 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3751 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3752 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3753 Expr *Operand, 3754 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3755 3756 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3757 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3758 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3759 void *TyOrExpr, 3760 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3761 3762 3763 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3764 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3765 3766 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3767 /// 3768 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3769 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3770 3771 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3772 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3773 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3774 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3775 3776 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3777 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3778 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3779 Sema &S; 3780 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3781 bool Enabled; 3782 3783 public: 3784 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3785 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3786 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3787 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3788 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3789 bool Enabled = true); 3790 3791 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3792 }; 3793 3794 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3795 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3796 /// 3797 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3798 /// 3799 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3800 /// capture list. 3801 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3802 3803 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3804 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3805 /// being defined. 3806 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3807 3808 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3809 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3810 3811 3812 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3813 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3814 3815 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3816 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3817 3818 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3819 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3820 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3821 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3822 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3823 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3824 3825 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3826 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3827 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3828 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3829 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3830 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3831 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3832 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3833 3834 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3835 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3836 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3837 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3838 3839 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3840 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3841 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3842 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3843 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3844 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3845 Expr *Initializer); 3846 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3847 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3848 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3849 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3850 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3851 QualType AllocType, 3852 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3853 Expr *ArraySize, 3854 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3855 Expr *Initializer, 3856 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3857 3858 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3859 SourceRange R); 3860 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3861 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3862 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3863 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3864 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3865 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3866 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3867 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3868 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3869 bool Diagnose = true); 3870 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3871 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3872 QualType Argument, 3873 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3874 3875 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3876 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3877 bool Diagnose = true); 3878 3879 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3880 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3881 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3882 Expr *Operand); 3883 3884 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3885 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3886 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3887 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3888 3889 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3890 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3891 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3892 SourceLocation RParen); 3893 3894 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3895 /// pseudo-functions. 3896 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3897 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3898 ParsedType Ty, 3899 SourceLocation RParen); 3900 3901 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3902 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3903 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3904 SourceLocation RParen); 3905 3906 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3907 /// pseudo-functions. 3908 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3909 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3910 ParsedType LhsTy, 3911 ParsedType RhsTy, 3912 SourceLocation RParen); 3913 3914 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3915 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3916 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3917 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3918 SourceLocation RParen); 3919 3920 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3921 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3922 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3923 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3924 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3925 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3926 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3927 3928 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3929 /// pseudo-functions. 3930 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3931 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3932 ParsedType LhsTy, 3933 Expr *DimExpr, 3934 SourceLocation RParen); 3935 3936 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3937 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3938 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3939 Expr *DimExpr, 3940 SourceLocation RParen); 3941 3942 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3943 /// pseudo-functions. 3944 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3945 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3946 Expr *Queried, 3947 SourceLocation RParen); 3948 3949 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3950 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3951 Expr *Queried, 3952 SourceLocation RParen); 3953 3954 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3955 Expr *Base, 3956 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3957 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3958 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3959 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3960 3961 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3962 3963 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3964 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3965 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3966 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3967 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3968 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3969 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3970 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3971 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3972 3973 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3974 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3975 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3976 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3977 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3978 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3979 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3980 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3981 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3982 3983 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3984 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3985 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3986 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3987 const DeclSpec& DS, 3988 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3989 3990 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3991 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3992 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3993 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3994 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3995 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3996 3997 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3998 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3999 : SourceLocation()); 4000 } 4001 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4002 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4003 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4004 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4005 4006 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4007 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4008 4009 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4010 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4011 bool EnteringContext = false); 4012 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4013 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4014 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4015 4016 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4017 /// 4018 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4019 /// 4020 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4021 /// 4022 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4023 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4024 /// 4025 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4026 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4027 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4028 4029 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4030 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4031 4032 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4033 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4034 IdentifierInfo &II, 4035 ParsedType ObjectType); 4036 4037 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4038 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4039 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4040 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4041 QualType ObjectType, 4042 bool EnteringContext, 4043 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4044 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4045 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4046 4047 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4048 /// 4049 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4050 /// 4051 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4052 /// 4053 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4054 /// 4055 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4056 /// 4057 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4058 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4059 /// 4060 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4061 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4062 /// 4063 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4064 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4065 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4066 /// including this new type). 4067 /// 4068 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4069 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4070 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4071 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4072 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4073 ParsedType ObjectType, 4074 bool EnteringContext, 4075 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4076 4077 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4078 4079 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4080 const DeclSpec &DS, 4081 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4082 4083 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4084 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4085 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4086 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4087 ParsedType ObjectType, 4088 bool EnteringContext); 4089 4090 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4091 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4092 /// 4093 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4094 /// 4095 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4096 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4097 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4098 /// including this new type). 4099 /// 4100 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4101 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4102 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4103 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4104 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4105 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4106 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4107 /// 4108 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4109 /// nested-name-specifier. 4110 /// 4111 /// 4112 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4113 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4114 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4115 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4116 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4117 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4118 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4119 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4120 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4121 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4122 bool EnteringContext); 4123 4124 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4125 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4126 /// nested-name-specifier. 4127 /// 4128 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4129 /// 4130 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4131 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4132 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4133 4134 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4135 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4136 /// 4137 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4138 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4139 /// 4140 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4141 /// 4142 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4143 /// of the annotation pointer. 4144 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4145 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4146 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4147 4148 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4149 4150 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4151 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4152 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4153 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4154 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4155 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4156 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4157 4158 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4159 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4160 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4161 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4162 /// defining scope. 4163 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4164 4165 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4166 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4167 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4168 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4169 /// class X. 4170 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4171 4172 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4173 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4174 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4175 4176 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4177 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4178 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4179 bool KnownDependent); 4180 4181 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4182 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4183 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4184 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4185 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4186 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4187 4188 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4189 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4190 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4191 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4192 bool ExplicitParams, 4193 bool ExplicitResultType, 4194 bool Mutable); 4195 4196 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4197 /// given lambda. 4198 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4199 4200 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4201 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4202 4203 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4204 /// statements present in the body. 4205 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4206 4207 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4208 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4209 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4210 /// lambda. 4211 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4212 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4213 4214 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4215 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4216 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4217 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4218 4219 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4220 /// was successfully completed. 4221 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4222 Scope *CurScope, 4223 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4224 4225 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4226 /// function pointer. 4227 /// 4228 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4229 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4230 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4231 /// block pointer conversion. 4232 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4233 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4234 4235 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4236 /// block pointer. 4237 /// 4238 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4239 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4240 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4241 /// block pointer conversion. 4242 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4243 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4244 4245 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4246 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4247 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4248 Expr *Src); 4249 4250 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4251 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4252 Expr **Strings, 4253 unsigned NumStrings); 4254 4255 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4256 4257 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4258 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4259 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4260 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4261 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4262 bool Value); 4263 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4264 4265 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4266 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4267 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4268 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4269 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4270 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4271 4272 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4273 Expr *IndexExpr, 4274 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4275 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4276 4277 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4278 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4279 unsigned NumElements); 4280 4281 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4282 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4283 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4284 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4285 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4286 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4287 4288 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4289 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4290 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4291 ParsedType Ty, 4292 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4293 4294 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4295 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4296 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4297 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4298 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4299 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4300 4301 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4302 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4303 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4304 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4305 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4306 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4307 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4308 4309 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4310 // C++ Declarations 4311 // 4312 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4313 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4314 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4315 StringRef Lang, 4316 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4317 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4318 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4319 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4320 4321 4322 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4323 // C++ Classes 4324 // 4325 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4326 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4327 4328 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4329 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4330 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4331 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4332 4333 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4334 Declarator &D, 4335 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4336 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4337 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4338 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4339 Expr *Init); 4340 4341 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4342 Scope *S, 4343 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4344 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4345 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4346 const DeclSpec &DS, 4347 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4348 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4349 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4350 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4351 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4352 4353 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4354 Scope *S, 4355 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4356 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4357 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4358 const DeclSpec &DS, 4359 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4360 Expr *InitList, 4361 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4362 4363 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4364 Scope *S, 4365 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4366 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4367 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4368 const DeclSpec &DS, 4369 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4370 Expr *Init, 4371 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4372 4373 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4374 Expr *Init, 4375 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4376 4377 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4378 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4379 Expr *Init, 4380 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4381 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4382 4383 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4384 Expr *Init, 4385 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4386 4387 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4388 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4389 4390 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4391 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4392 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4393 4394 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4395 4396 4397 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4398 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4399 /// referenced. 4400 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4401 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4402 4403 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4404 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4405 /// first use occurred. 4406 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4407 4408 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4409 /// materialized. 4410 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4411 4412 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4413 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4414 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4415 /// by code generation). 4416 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4417 4418 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4419 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4420 4421 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4422 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4423 DynamicClassesType; 4424 4425 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4426 /// unit. 4427 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4428 4429 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4430 /// given location. 4431 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4432 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4433 4434 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4435 /// in the given class as needed. 4436 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4437 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4438 4439 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4440 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4441 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4442 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4443 4444 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4445 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4446 /// vtables. 4447 /// 4448 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4449 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4450 4451 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4452 4453 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4454 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4455 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4456 bool AnyErrors); 4457 4458 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4459 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4460 Decl *TagDecl, 4461 SourceLocation LBrac, 4462 SourceLocation RBrac, 4463 AttributeList *AttrList); 4464 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4465 4466 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4467 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4468 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4469 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4470 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4471 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4472 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4473 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4474 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4475 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4476 4477 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4478 Expr *AssertExpr, 4479 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4480 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4481 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4482 Expr *AssertExpr, 4483 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4484 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4485 bool Failed); 4486 4487 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4488 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4489 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4490 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4491 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4492 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4493 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4494 4495 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4496 StorageClass& SC); 4497 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4498 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4499 StorageClass& SC); 4500 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4501 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4502 StorageClass& SC); 4503 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4504 4505 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4506 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4507 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4508 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4509 4510 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4511 // C++ Derived Classes 4512 // 4513 4514 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4515 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4516 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4517 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4518 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4519 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4520 4521 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4522 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4523 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4524 ParsedType basetype, 4525 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4526 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4527 4528 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4529 unsigned NumBases); 4530 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4531 unsigned NumBases); 4532 4533 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4534 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4535 4536 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4537 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4538 4539 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4540 4541 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4542 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4543 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4544 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4545 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4546 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4547 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4548 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4549 DeclarationName Name, 4550 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4551 4552 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4553 4554 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4555 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4556 4557 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4558 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4559 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4560 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4561 4562 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4563 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4564 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4565 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4566 4567 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4568 4569 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4570 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4571 4572 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4573 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4574 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4575 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4576 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4577 4578 4579 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4580 // C++ Access Control 4581 // 4582 4583 enum AccessResult { 4584 AR_accessible, 4585 AR_inaccessible, 4586 AR_dependent, 4587 AR_delayed 4588 }; 4589 4590 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4591 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4592 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4593 4594 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4595 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4596 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4597 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4598 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4599 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4600 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4601 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4602 bool Diagnose = true); 4603 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4604 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4605 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4606 AccessSpecifier Access, 4607 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4608 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4609 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4610 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4611 AccessSpecifier Access, 4612 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4613 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4614 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4615 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4616 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4617 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4618 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4619 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4620 Expr *ArgExpr, 4621 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4622 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4623 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4624 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4625 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4626 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4627 unsigned DiagID, 4628 bool ForceCheck = false, 4629 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4630 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4631 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4632 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4633 AccessSpecifier access, 4634 QualType objectType); 4635 4636 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4637 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4638 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4639 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4640 4641 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4642 4643 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4644 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4645 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4646 4647 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4648 AbstractNone = -1, 4649 AbstractReturnType, 4650 AbstractParamType, 4651 AbstractVariableType, 4652 AbstractFieldType, 4653 AbstractIvarType, 4654 AbstractArrayType 4655 }; 4656 4657 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4658 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4659 template<typename T1> 4660 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4661 unsigned DiagID, 4662 const T1 &Arg1) { 4663 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4664 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4665 } 4666 4667 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4668 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4669 unsigned DiagID, 4670 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4671 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4672 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4673 } 4674 4675 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4676 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4677 unsigned DiagID, 4678 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4679 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4680 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4681 } 4682 4683 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4684 4685 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4686 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4687 4688 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4689 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4690 // 4691 4692 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4693 4694 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4695 4696 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4697 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4698 // 4699 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4700 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4701 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4702 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4703 4704 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4705 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4706 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4707 4708 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4709 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4710 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4711 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4712 ParsedType ObjectType, 4713 bool EnteringContext, 4714 TemplateTy &Template, 4715 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4716 4717 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4718 SourceLocation IILoc, 4719 Scope *S, 4720 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4721 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4722 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4723 4724 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4725 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4726 4727 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4728 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4729 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4730 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4731 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4732 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4733 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4734 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4735 4736 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4737 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4738 unsigned Depth, 4739 unsigned Position, 4740 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4741 Expr *DefaultArg); 4742 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4743 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4744 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4745 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4746 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4747 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4748 unsigned Depth, 4749 unsigned Position, 4750 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4751 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4752 4753 TemplateParameterList * 4754 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4755 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4756 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4757 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4758 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4759 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4760 4761 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4762 /// list. 4763 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4764 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4765 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4766 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4767 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4768 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4769 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4770 }; 4771 4772 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4773 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4774 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4775 TemplateParameterList * 4776 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4777 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4778 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4779 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4780 unsigned NumParamLists, 4781 bool IsFriend, 4782 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4783 bool &Invalid); 4784 4785 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4786 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4787 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4788 AttributeList *Attr, 4789 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4790 AccessSpecifier AS, 4791 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4792 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4793 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4794 4795 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4796 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4797 4798 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4799 4800 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4801 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4802 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4803 4804 TypeResult 4805 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4806 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4807 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4808 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4809 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4810 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4811 4812 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4813 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4814 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4815 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4816 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4817 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4818 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4819 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4820 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4821 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4822 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4823 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4824 4825 4826 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4827 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4828 LookupResult &R, 4829 bool RequiresADL, 4830 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4831 4832 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4833 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4834 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4835 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4836 4837 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4838 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4839 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4840 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4841 ParsedType ObjectType, 4842 bool EnteringContext, 4843 TemplateTy &Template); 4844 4845 DeclResult 4846 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4847 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4848 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4849 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4850 TemplateTy Template, 4851 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4852 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4853 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4854 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4855 AttributeList *Attr, 4856 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4857 4858 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4859 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4860 Declarator &D); 4861 4862 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4863 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4864 Declarator &D); 4865 4866 bool 4867 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4868 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4869 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4870 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4871 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4872 bool &SuppressNew); 4873 4874 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4875 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4876 LookupResult &Previous); 4877 4878 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4879 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4880 LookupResult &Previous); 4881 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4882 4883 DeclResult 4884 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4885 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4886 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4887 unsigned TagSpec, 4888 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4889 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4890 TemplateTy Template, 4891 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4892 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4893 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4894 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4895 AttributeList *Attr); 4896 4897 DeclResult 4898 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4899 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4900 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4901 unsigned TagSpec, 4902 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4903 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4904 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4905 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4906 AttributeList *Attr); 4907 4908 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4909 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4910 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4911 Declarator &D); 4912 4913 TemplateArgumentLoc 4914 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4915 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4916 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4917 Decl *Param, 4918 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4919 4920 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4921 /// argument is being checked. 4922 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4923 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4924 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4925 CTAK_Specified, 4926 4927 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4928 /// deduction. 4929 CTAK_Deduced, 4930 4931 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4932 /// via template argument deduction. 4933 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4934 }; 4935 4936 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4937 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4938 NamedDecl *Template, 4939 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4940 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4941 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4942 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4943 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4944 4945 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4946 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4947 /// 4948 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4949 /// provided. 4950 /// 4951 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4952 /// 4953 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4954 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4955 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4956 /// arguments. 4957 /// 4958 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4959 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4960 /// set of template arguments. 4961 /// 4962 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4963 /// arguments. 4964 /// 4965 /// 4966 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4967 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4968 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4969 /// 4970 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4971 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4972 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4973 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4974 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4975 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4976 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4977 4978 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4979 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4980 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4981 4982 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4983 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4984 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4985 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4986 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4987 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4988 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4989 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4990 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4991 4992 ExprResult 4993 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4994 QualType ParamType, 4995 SourceLocation Loc); 4996 ExprResult 4997 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4998 SourceLocation Loc); 4999 5000 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5001 /// for equality. 5002 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5003 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5004 /// that might be redeclarations. 5005 /// 5006 /// \code 5007 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5008 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5009 /// \endcode 5010 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5011 5012 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5013 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5014 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5015 /// 5016 /// \code 5017 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5018 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5019 /// \endcode 5020 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5021 5022 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5023 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5024 /// template parameter. 5025 /// 5026 /// \code 5027 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5028 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5029 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5030 /// \endcode 5031 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5032 }; 5033 5034 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5035 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5036 bool Complain, 5037 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5038 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5039 = SourceLocation()); 5040 5041 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5042 5043 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5044 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5045 /// 5046 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5047 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5048 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5049 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5050 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5051 TypeResult 5052 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5053 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5054 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5055 5056 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5057 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5058 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5059 /// 5060 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5061 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5062 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5063 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5064 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5065 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5066 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5067 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5068 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5069 TypeResult 5070 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5071 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5072 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5073 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5074 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5075 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5076 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5077 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5078 5079 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5080 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5081 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5082 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5083 SourceLocation IILoc); 5084 5085 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5086 SourceLocation Loc, 5087 DeclarationName Name); 5088 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5089 5090 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5091 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5092 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5093 5094 std::string 5095 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5096 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5097 5098 std::string 5099 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5100 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5101 unsigned NumArgs); 5102 5103 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5104 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5105 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5106 5107 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5108 /// being diagnosed. 5109 /// 5110 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5111 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5112 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5113 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5114 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5115 5116 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5117 UPPC_BaseType, 5118 5119 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5120 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5121 5122 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5123 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5124 5125 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5126 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5127 5128 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5129 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5130 5131 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5132 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5133 5134 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5135 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5136 5137 /// \brief A using declaration. 5138 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5139 5140 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5141 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5142 5143 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5144 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5145 5146 /// \brief An initializer. 5147 UPPC_Initializer, 5148 5149 /// \brief A default argument. 5150 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5151 5152 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5153 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5154 5155 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5156 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5157 5158 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5159 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5160 5161 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5162 UPPC_IfExists, 5163 5164 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5165 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5166 5167 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5168 UPPC_Lambda, 5169 5170 /// \brief Block expression, 5171 UPPC_Block 5172}; 5173 5174 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5175 /// 5176 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5177 /// 5178 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5179 /// parameter packs. 5180 /// 5181 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5182 /// 5183 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5184 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5185 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5186 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5187 5188 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5189 /// diagnose the error. 5190 /// 5191 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5192 /// 5193 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5194 /// packs. 5195 /// 5196 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5197 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5198 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5199 5200 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5201 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5202 /// 5203 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5204 /// parameter packs. 5205 /// 5206 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5207 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5208 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5209 5210 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5211 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5212 /// 5213 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5214 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5215 /// 5216 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5217 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5218 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5219 5220 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5221 /// diagnose the error. 5222 /// 5223 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5224 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5225 /// 5226 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5227 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5228 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5229 5230 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5231 /// diagnose the error. 5232 /// 5233 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5236 /// parameter packs. 5237 /// 5238 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5239 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5240 TemplateName Template, 5241 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5242 5243 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5244 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5245 /// 5246 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5247 /// parameter packs. 5248 /// 5249 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5250 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5251 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5252 5253 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5254 /// template argument. 5255 /// 5256 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5257 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5258 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5259 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5260 5261 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5262 /// template argument. 5263 /// 5264 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5265 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5266 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5267 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5268 5269 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5270 /// type. 5271 /// 5272 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5273 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5274 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5275 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5276 5277 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5278 /// type. 5279 /// 5280 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5281 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5282 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5283 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5284 5285 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5286 /// nested-name-specifier. 5287 /// 5288 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5289 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5290 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5291 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5292 5293 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5294 /// name. 5295 /// 5296 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5297 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5298 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5299 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5300 5301 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5302 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5303 /// 5304 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5305 /// may already be invalid. 5306 /// 5307 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5308 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5309 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5310 5311 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5312 /// creates a pack expansion. 5313 /// 5314 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5315 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5316 /// 5317 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5318 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5319 5320 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5321 /// expansion. 5322 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5323 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5324 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5325 5326 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5327 /// expansion. 5328 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5329 SourceRange PatternRange, 5330 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5331 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5332 5333 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5334 /// creates a pack expansion. 5335 /// 5336 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5337 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5338 /// 5339 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5340 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5341 5342 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5343 /// creates a pack expansion. 5344 /// 5345 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5346 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5347 /// 5348 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5349 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5350 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5351 5352 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5353 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5354 /// transforming the pattern. 5355 /// 5356 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5357 /// pack expansion. 5358 /// 5359 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5360 /// the pack expansion. 5361 /// 5362 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5363 /// pattern. 5364 /// 5365 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5366 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5367 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5368 /// 5369 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5370 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5371 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5372 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5373 /// 5374 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5375 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5376 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5377 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5378 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5379 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5380 /// set this value in other cases. 5381 /// 5382 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5383 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5384 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5385 /// must be set. 5386 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5387 SourceRange PatternRange, 5388 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5389 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5390 bool &ShouldExpand, 5391 bool &RetainExpansion, 5392 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5393 5394 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5395 /// type. 5396 /// 5397 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5398 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5399 /// 5400 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5401 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5402 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5403 5404 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5405 /// parameter packs. 5406 /// 5407 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5408 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5409 /// 5410 /// \code 5411 /// void f(T...); 5412 /// \endcode 5413 /// 5414 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5415 /// a variadic function. 5416 /// 5417 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5418 /// false otherwise. 5419 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5420 5421 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5422 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5423 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5424 5425 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5426 /// 5427 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5428 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5429 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5430 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5431 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5432 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5433 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5434 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5435 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5436 TDK_Success = 0, 5437 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5438 TDK_Invalid, 5439 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5440 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5441 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5442 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5443 /// for every template parameter. 5444 TDK_Incomplete, 5445 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5446 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5447 TDK_Inconsistent, 5448 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5449 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5450 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5451 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5452 TDK_Underqualified, 5453 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5454 /// resulted in an error. 5455 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5456 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5457 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5458 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5459 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5460 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5461 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5462 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5463 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5464 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5465 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5466 /// template arguments for the given template. 5467 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5468 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5469 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5470 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5471 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5472 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5473 }; 5474 5475 TemplateDeductionResult 5476 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5477 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5478 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5479 5480 TemplateDeductionResult 5481 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5482 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5483 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5484 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5485 QualType *FunctionType, 5486 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5487 5488 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5489 // deduction for a call. 5490 struct OriginalCallArg { 5491 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5492 unsigned ArgIdx, 5493 QualType OriginalArgType) 5494 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5495 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5496 5497 QualType OriginalParamType; 5498 unsigned ArgIdx; 5499 QualType OriginalArgType; 5500 }; 5501 5502 TemplateDeductionResult 5503 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5504 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5505 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5506 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5507 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5508 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5509 5510 TemplateDeductionResult 5511 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5512 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5513 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5514 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5515 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5516 5517 TemplateDeductionResult 5518 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5519 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5520 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5521 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5522 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5523 5524 TemplateDeductionResult 5525 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5526 QualType ToType, 5527 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5528 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5529 5530 TemplateDeductionResult 5531 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5532 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5533 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5534 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5535 5536 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5537 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5538 DAR_Succeeded, 5539 DAR_Failed, 5540 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5541 }; 5542 5543 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5544 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5545 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5546 5547 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5548 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5549 SourceLocation Loc, 5550 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5551 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5552 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5553 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5554 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5555 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5556 SourceLocation Loc, 5557 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5558 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5559 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5560 bool Complain = true, 5561 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5562 5563 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5564 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5565 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5566 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5567 SourceLocation Loc); 5568 5569 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5570 bool OnlyDeduced, 5571 unsigned Depth, 5572 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5573 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5574 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5575 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5576 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5577 } 5578 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5579 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5580 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5581 5582 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5583 // C++ Template Instantiation 5584 // 5585 5586 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5587 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5588 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5589 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5590 5591 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5592 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5593 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5594 enum InstantiationKind { 5595 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5596 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5597 TemplateInstantiation, 5598 5599 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5600 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5601 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5602 /// arguments as specified. 5603 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5604 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5605 5606 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5607 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5608 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5609 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5610 5611 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5612 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5613 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5614 5615 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5616 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5617 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5618 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5619 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5620 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5621 5622 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5623 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5624 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5625 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5626 5627 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5628 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5629 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5630 5631 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5632 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5633 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5634 } Kind; 5635 5636 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5637 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5638 5639 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5640 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5641 /// arguments. 5642 NamedDecl *Template; 5643 5644 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5645 Decl *Entity; 5646 5647 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5648 /// are not part of the entity. 5649 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5650 5651 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5652 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5653 5654 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5655 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5656 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5657 5658 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5659 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5660 /// template instantiation. 5661 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5662 5663 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5664 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5665 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5666 5667 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5668 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5669 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5670 5671 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5672 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5673 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5674 return false; 5675 5676 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5677 return false; 5678 5679 switch (X.Kind) { 5680 case TemplateInstantiation: 5681 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5682 return true; 5683 5684 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5685 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5686 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5687 return false; 5688 5689 // Fall through 5690 5691 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5692 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5693 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5694 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5695 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5696 5697 } 5698 5699 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5700 } 5701 5702 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5703 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5704 return !(X == Y); 5705 } 5706 }; 5707 5708 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5709 /// 5710 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5711 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5712 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5713 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5714 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5715 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5716 5717 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5718 /// template instantiation. 5719 /// 5720 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5721 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5722 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5723 5724 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5725 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5726 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5727 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5728 5729 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5730 /// error or warning was produced. 5731 /// 5732 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5733 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5734 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5735 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5736 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5737 5738 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5739 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5740 /// 5741 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5742 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5743 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5744 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5745 5746 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5747 /// within a \c Sema object. 5748 /// 5749 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5750 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5751 Sema &Self; 5752 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5753 5754 public: 5755 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5756 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5757 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5758 } 5759 5760 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5761 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5762 } 5763 }; 5764 5765 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5766 5767 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5768 /// 5769 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5770 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5771 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5772 5773 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5774 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5775 /// deduction. 5776 /// 5777 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5778 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5779 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5780 5781 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5782 /// instantiation. 5783 /// 5784 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5785 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5786 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5787 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5788 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5789 /// 5790 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5791 /// the stack. 5792 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5793 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5794 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5795 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5796 Decl *Entity, 5797 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5798 5799 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5800 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5801 /// of a function template. 5802 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5803 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5804 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5805 5806 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5807 /// template-id. 5808 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5809 TemplateDecl *Template, 5810 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5811 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5812 5813 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5814 /// template-id. 5815 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5816 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5817 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5818 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5819 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5820 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5821 5822 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5823 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5824 /// specialization. 5825 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5826 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5827 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5828 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5829 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5830 5831 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5832 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5833 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5834 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5835 5836 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5837 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5838 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5839 NamedDecl *Template, 5840 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5841 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5842 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5843 5844 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5845 NamedDecl *Template, 5846 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5847 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5848 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5849 5850 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5851 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5852 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5853 TemplateDecl *Template, 5854 NamedDecl *Param, 5855 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5856 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5857 5858 5859 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5860 void Clear(); 5861 5862 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5863 5864 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5865 /// recursive template instantiations. 5866 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5867 5868 private: 5869 Sema &SemaRef; 5870 bool Invalid; 5871 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5872 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5873 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5874 5875 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5876 5877 InstantiatingTemplate& 5878 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5879 }; 5880 5881 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5882 5883 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5884 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5885 /// errors. 5886 /// 5887 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5888 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5889 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5890 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5891 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5892 5893 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5894 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5895 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5896 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5897 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5898 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5899 } 5900 5901 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5902 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5903 /// deduction.` 5904 class SFINAETrap { 5905 Sema &SemaRef; 5906 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5907 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5908 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5909 5910 public: 5911 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5912 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5913 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5914 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5915 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5916 { 5917 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5918 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5919 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5920 } 5921 5922 ~SFINAETrap() { 5923 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5924 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5925 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5926 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5927 } 5928 5929 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5930 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5931 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5932 } 5933 }; 5934 5935 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5936 /// variables. 5937 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5938 5939 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5940 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5941 5942 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5943 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5944 5945 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5946 /// name lookup. 5947 /// 5948 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5949 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5950 /// string represents a keyword. 5951 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5952 5953 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5954 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5955 5956 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5957 /// 5958 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5959 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5960 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5961 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5962 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5963 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5964 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5965 5966 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5967 /// but have not yet been performed. 5968 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5969 5970 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5971 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5972 /// 5973 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5974 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5975 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5976 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5977 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5978 5979 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5980 5981 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5982 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5983 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5984 5985 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5986 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5987 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5988 5989 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5990 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5991 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5992 5993 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5994 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5995 SourceLocation Loc, 5996 DeclarationName Entity, 5997 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5998 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5999 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6000 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6001 int indexAdjustment, 6002 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6003 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6004 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6005 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6006 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6007 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6008 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6009 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6010 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6011 6012 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6013 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6014 /// 6015 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6016 /// 6017 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6018 /// 6019 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6020 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6021 /// 6022 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6023 /// 6024 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6025 /// 6026 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6027 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6028 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6029 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6030 6031 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6032 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6033 6034 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6035 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6036 6037 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6038 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6039 bool CXXDirectInit); 6040 6041 bool 6042 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6043 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6044 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6045 6046 bool 6047 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6048 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6049 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6050 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6051 bool Complain = true); 6052 6053 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6054 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6055 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6056 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6057 6058 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6059 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6060 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6061 Decl *NewDecl; 6062 6063 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6064 Decl *D) 6065 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6066 { } 6067 }; 6068 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6069 6070 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6071 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6072 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6073 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6074 6075 bool 6076 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6077 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6078 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6079 bool Complain = true); 6080 6081 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6082 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6083 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6084 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6085 6086 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6087 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6088 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6089 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6090 6091 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6092 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6093 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6094 6095 DeclarationNameInfo 6096 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6097 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6098 TemplateName 6099 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6100 SourceLocation Loc, 6101 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6102 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6103 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6104 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6105 6106 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6107 FunctionDecl *Function); 6108 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6109 FunctionDecl *Function, 6110 bool Recursive = false, 6111 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6112 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6113 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6114 VarDecl *Var, 6115 bool Recursive = false, 6116 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6117 6118 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6119 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6120 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6121 6122 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6123 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6124 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6125 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6126 6127 // Objective-C declarations. 6128 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6129 OCK_None = -1, 6130 OCK_Interface = 0, 6131 OCK_Protocol, 6132 OCK_Category, 6133 OCK_ClassExtension, 6134 OCK_Implementation, 6135 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6136 }; 6137 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6138 6139 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6140 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6141 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6142 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6143 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6144 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6145 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6146 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6147 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6148 AttributeList *AttrList); 6149 6150 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6151 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6152 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6153 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6154 6155 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6156 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6157 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6158 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6159 6160 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6161 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6162 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6163 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6164 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6165 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6166 AttributeList *AttrList); 6167 6168 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6169 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6170 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6171 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6172 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6173 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6174 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6175 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6176 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6177 6178 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6179 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6180 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6181 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6182 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6183 6184 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6185 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6186 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6187 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6188 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6189 6190 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6191 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6192 6193 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6194 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6195 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6196 unsigned NumElts); 6197 6198 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6199 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6200 unsigned NumElts, 6201 AttributeList *attrList); 6202 6203 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6204 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6205 unsigned NumProtocols, 6206 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6207 6208 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6209 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6210 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6211 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6212 SourceLocation Loc, 6213 unsigned &Attributes, 6214 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6215 6216 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6217 /// setters and getters as needed. 6218 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6219 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6220 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6221 /// in class extension. 6222 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6223 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6224 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6225 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6226 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6227 6228 6229 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6230 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6231 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6232 6233 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6234 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6235 6236 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6237 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6238 6239 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6240 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6241 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6242 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6243 6244 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6245 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6246 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6247 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6248 bool *OverridingProperty, 6249 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6250 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6251 6252 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6253 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6254 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6255 bool ImplKind, 6256 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6257 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6258 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6259 6260 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6261 OSMK_None, 6262 OSMK_Alloc, 6263 OSMK_New, 6264 OSMK_Copy, 6265 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6266 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6267 }; 6268 6269 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6270 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6271 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6272 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6273 // in this case. 6274 ParsedType Type; 6275 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6276 6277 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6278 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6279 }; 6280 6281 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6282 Scope *S, 6283 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6284 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6285 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6286 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6287 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6288 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6289 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6290 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6291 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6292 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6293 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6294 6295 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6296 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6297 bool IsInstance); 6298 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6299 bool IsInstance); 6300 6301 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6302 6303 ExprResult 6304 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6305 Expr *BaseExpr, 6306 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6307 DeclarationName MemberName, 6308 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6309 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6310 bool Super); 6311 6312 ExprResult 6313 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6314 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6315 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6316 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6317 6318 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6319 6320 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6321 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6322 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6323 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6324 ObjCSuperMessage, 6325 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6326 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6327 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6328 /// name. 6329 ObjCClassMessage 6330 }; 6331 6332 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6333 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6334 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6335 bool IsSuper, 6336 bool HasTrailingDot, 6337 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6338 6339 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6340 Selector Sel, 6341 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6342 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6343 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6344 MultiExprArg Args); 6345 6346 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6347 QualType ReceiverType, 6348 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6349 Selector Sel, 6350 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6351 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6352 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6353 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6354 MultiExprArg Args, 6355 bool isImplicit = false); 6356 6357 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6358 bool isSuperReceiver, 6359 SourceLocation Loc, 6360 Selector Sel, 6361 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6362 MultiExprArg Args); 6363 6364 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6365 ParsedType Receiver, 6366 Selector Sel, 6367 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6368 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6369 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6370 MultiExprArg Args); 6371 6372 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6373 QualType ReceiverType, 6374 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6375 Selector Sel, 6376 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6377 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6378 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6379 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6380 MultiExprArg Args, 6381 bool isImplicit = false); 6382 6383 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6384 QualType ReceiverType, 6385 SourceLocation Loc, 6386 Selector Sel, 6387 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6388 MultiExprArg Args); 6389 6390 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6391 Expr *Receiver, 6392 Selector Sel, 6393 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6394 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6395 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6396 MultiExprArg Args); 6397 6398 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6399 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6400 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6401 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6402 Expr *SubExpr); 6403 6404 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6405 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6406 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6407 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6408 ParsedType Type, 6409 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6410 Expr *SubExpr); 6411 6412 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6413 6414 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6415 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6416 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6417 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6418 6419 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6420 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6421 RTC_Compatible, 6422 RTC_Incompatible, 6423 RTC_Unknown 6424 }; 6425 6426 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6427 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6428 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6429 6430 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6431 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6432 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6433 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6434 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6435 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6436 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6437 }; 6438 6439 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6440 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6441 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6442 6443 enum PragmaPackKind { 6444 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6445 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6446 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6447 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6448 }; 6449 6450 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6451 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6452 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6453 }; 6454 6455 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6456 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6457 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6458 Expr *Alignment, 6459 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6460 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6461 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6462 6463 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6464 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6465 6466 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6467 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6468 Scope *curScope, 6469 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6470 6471 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6472 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6473 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6474 6475 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6476 SourceLocation Loc); 6477 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6478 6479 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6480 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6481 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6482 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6483 6484 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6485 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6486 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6487 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6488 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6489 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6490 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6491 6492 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6493 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6494 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6495 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6496 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6497 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6498 6499 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6500 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6501 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6502 6503 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6504 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6505 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6506 6507 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6508 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6509 6510 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6511 void FreePackedContext(); 6512 6513 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6514 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6515 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6516 SourceLocation Loc); 6517 6518 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6519 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6520 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6521 6522 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6523 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6524 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6525 6526 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6527 void FreeVisContext(); 6528 6529 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6530 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6531 /// the appropriate attribute. 6532 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6533 6534 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6535 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6536 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 6537 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6538 unsigned SpellingListIndex); 6539 6540 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6541 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6542 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6543 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6544 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6545 CCK_CStyleCast, 6546 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6547 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6548 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6549 CCK_OtherCast 6550 }; 6551 6552 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6553 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6554 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6555 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6556 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6557 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6558 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6559 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6560 6561 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6562 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6563 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6564 6565 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6566 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6567 /// required. 6568 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6569 6570 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6571 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6572 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6573 6574 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6575 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6576 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6577 6578 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6579 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6580 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6581 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6582 6583 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6584 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6585 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6586 // type. 6587 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6588 6589 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6590 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6591 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6592 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6593 6594 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6595 enum VariadicCallType { 6596 VariadicFunction, 6597 VariadicBlock, 6598 VariadicMethod, 6599 VariadicConstructor, 6600 VariadicDoesNotApply 6601 }; 6602 6603 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6604 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6605 Expr *Fn); 6606 6607 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6608 // vararg function. 6609 enum VarArgKind { 6610 VAK_Valid, 6611 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6612 VAK_Invalid 6613 }; 6614 6615 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6616 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6617 6618 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6619 /// form of call prototypes. 6620 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6621 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6622 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6623 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6624 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6625 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6626 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6627 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6628 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6629 6630 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6631 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6632 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6633 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6634 6635 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6636 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6637 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6638 6639 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6640 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6641 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6642 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6643 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6644 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6645 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6646 6647 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6648 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6649 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6650 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6651 /// source and destination type. 6652 enum AssignConvertType { 6653 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6654 Compatible, 6655 6656 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6657 /// accept as an extension. 6658 PointerToInt, 6659 6660 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6661 /// accept as an extension. 6662 IntToPointer, 6663 6664 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6665 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6666 FunctionVoidPointer, 6667 6668 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6669 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6670 IncompatiblePointer, 6671 6672 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6673 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6674 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6675 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6676 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6677 6678 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6679 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6680 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6681 6682 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6683 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6684 /// like address spaces. 6685 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6686 6687 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6688 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6689 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6690 /// extension. 6691 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6692 6693 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6694 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6695 IncompatibleVectors, 6696 6697 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6698 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6699 IntToBlockPointer, 6700 6701 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6702 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6703 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6704 6705 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6706 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6707 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6708 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6709 6710 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6711 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6712 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6713 6714 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6715 /// represent it in the AST. 6716 Incompatible 6717 }; 6718 6719 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6720 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6721 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6722 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6723 SourceLocation Loc, 6724 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6725 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6726 bool *Complained = 0); 6727 6728 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6729 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6730 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6731 Expr *SrcExpr); 6732 6733 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6734 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6735 /// C99 6.5.16. 6736 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6737 QualType LHSType, 6738 QualType RHSType); 6739 6740 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6741 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6742 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6743 ExprResult &RHS, 6744 CastKind &Kind); 6745 6746 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6747 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6748 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6749 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6750 ExprResult &RHS, 6751 bool Diagnose = true); 6752 6753 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6754 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6755 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6756 ExprResult &RHS); 6757 6758 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6759 6760 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6761 6762 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6763 AssignmentAction Action, 6764 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6765 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6766 AssignmentAction Action, 6767 bool AllowExplicit, 6768 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6769 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6770 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6771 AssignmentAction Action, 6772 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6773 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6774 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6775 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6776 AssignmentAction Action, 6777 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6778 6779 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6780 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6781 6782 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6783 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6784 ExprResult &RHS); 6785 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6786 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6787 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6788 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6789 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6790 bool IsDivide); 6791 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6792 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6793 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6794 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6795 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6796 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6797 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6798 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6799 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6800 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6801 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6802 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6803 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6804 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6805 bool isRelational); 6806 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6807 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6808 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6809 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6810 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6811 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6812 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6813 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6814 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6815 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6816 6817 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6818 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6819 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6820 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6821 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6822 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6823 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6824 6825 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6826 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6827 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6828 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6829 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6830 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6831 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6832 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6833 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6834 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6835 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6836 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6837 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6838 NonStandardCompositeType); 6839 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6840 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6841 return Composite; 6842 } 6843 6844 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6845 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6846 6847 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6848 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6849 6850 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6851 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6852 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6853 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6854 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6855 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6856 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6857 SourceLocation Loc); 6858 6859 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6860 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6861 6862 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6863 6864 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6865 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6866 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6867 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6868 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6869 /// reference binding is not possible. 6870 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6871 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6872 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6873 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6874 Ref_Related, 6875 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6876 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6877 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6878 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6879 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6880 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6881 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6882 Ref_Compatible 6883 }; 6884 6885 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6886 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6887 bool &DerivedToBase, 6888 bool &ObjCConversion, 6889 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6890 6891 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6892 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6893 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6894 6895 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6896 /// given type. 6897 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6898 6899 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6900 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6901 /// 6902 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6903 /// argument is invalid. 6904 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6905 6906 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6907 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6908 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6909 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6910 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6911 CastKind &Kind); 6912 6913 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6914 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6915 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6916 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6917 // returns the cast expr 6918 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6919 CastKind &Kind); 6920 6921 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6922 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6923 Expr *CastExpr, 6924 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6925 6926 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6927 6928 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6929 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6930 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6931 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6932 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6933 6934 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6935 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6936 6937 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6938 QualType ExprType); 6939 6940 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6941 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6942 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6943 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6944 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6945 6946 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6947 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6948 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6949 6950 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6951 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6952 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6953 6954 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6955 /// \param Method - May be null. 6956 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6957 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6958 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6959 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6960 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6961 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6962 bool isSuperMessage, 6963 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6964 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6965 6966 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6967 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6968 /// and the form of the message send. 6969 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6970 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6971 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6972 6973 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6974 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6975 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6976 6977 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6978 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6979 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6980 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6981 /// 6982 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6983 /// 'if' keyword. 6984 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6985 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6986 6987 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6988 Expr *SubExpr); 6989 6990 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6991 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6992 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6993 6994 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6995 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6996 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6997 6998 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6999 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7000 7001 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7002 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7003 /// the specified diagnostic. 7004 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7005 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7006 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7007 7008 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7009 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7010 /// in the global scope. 7011 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7012 7013 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7014 /// expression violations. 7015 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7016 public: 7017 bool Suppress; 7018 7019 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7020 7021 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7022 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7023 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7024 }; 7025 7026 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7027 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7028 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7029 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7030 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7031 bool AllowFold = true); 7032 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7033 unsigned DiagID, 7034 bool AllowFold = true); 7035 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7036 7037 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7038 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7039 /// Returns false on success. 7040 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7041 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7042 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7043 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7044 7045 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7046 CFT_Device, 7047 CFT_Global, 7048 CFT_Host, 7049 CFT_HostDevice 7050 }; 7051 7052 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7053 7054 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7055 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7056 7057 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7058 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7059 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7060 } 7061 7062 /// \name Code completion 7063 //@{ 7064 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7065 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7066 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7067 PCC_Namespace, 7068 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7069 PCC_Class, 7070 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7071 /// or category. 7072 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7073 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7074 /// category implementation 7075 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7076 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7077 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7078 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7079 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7080 /// headers. 7081 PCC_Template, 7082 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7083 /// headers within a class. 7084 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7085 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7086 PCC_Expression, 7087 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7088 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7089 PCC_Statement, 7090 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7091 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7092 PCC_ForInit, 7093 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7094 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7095 PCC_Condition, 7096 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7097 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7098 /// in the grammar. 7099 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7100 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7101 PCC_Type, 7102 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7103 /// might also be a type cast. 7104 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7105 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7106 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7107 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7108 }; 7109 7110 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7111 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7112 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7113 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7114 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7115 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7116 7117 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7118 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7119 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7120 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7121 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7122 bool IsArrow); 7123 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7124 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7125 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7126 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7127 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7128 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7129 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7130 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7131 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7132 7133 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7134 bool EnteringContext); 7135 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7136 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7137 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7138 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7139 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7140 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7141 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7142 unsigned NumInitializers); 7143 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7144 bool AfterAmpersand); 7145 7146 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7147 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7148 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7149 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7150 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7151 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7152 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7153 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7154 bool IsParameter); 7155 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7156 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7157 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7158 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7159 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7160 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7161 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7162 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7163 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7164 bool IsSuper = false); 7165 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7166 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7167 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7168 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7169 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7170 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7171 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7172 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7173 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7174 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7175 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7176 unsigned NumProtocols); 7177 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7178 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7179 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7180 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7181 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7182 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7183 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7184 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7185 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7186 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7187 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7188 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7189 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7190 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7191 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7192 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7193 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7194 ParsedType ReturnType); 7195 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7196 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7197 bool AtParameterName, 7198 ParsedType ReturnType, 7199 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7200 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7201 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7202 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7203 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7204 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7205 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7206 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7207 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7208 unsigned Argument); 7209 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7210 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7211 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7212 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7213 //@} 7214 7215 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7216 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7217 7218public: 7219 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7220 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7221 7222private: 7223 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7224 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7225 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7226 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7227 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7228 // FunctionDeclaration. 7229 struct FormatStringInfo { 7230 unsigned FormatIdx; 7231 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7232 bool HasVAListArg; 7233 }; 7234 7235 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7236 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7237 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7238 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7239 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7240 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7241 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7242 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7243 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7244 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7245 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7246 SourceLocation Loc); 7247 7248 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7249 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7250 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7251 VariadicCallType CallType); 7252 7253 7254 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7255 7256 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7257 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7258 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7259 7260 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7261 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7262 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7263 7264public: 7265 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7266 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7267 7268private: 7269 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7270 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7271 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7272 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7273 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7274 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7275 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7276 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7277 7278 enum FormatStringType { 7279 FST_Scanf, 7280 FST_Printf, 7281 FST_NSString, 7282 FST_Strftime, 7283 FST_Strfmon, 7284 FST_Kprintf, 7285 FST_Unknown 7286 }; 7287 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7288 7289 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7290 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7291 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7292 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7293 }; 7294 7295 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7296 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7297 bool HasVAListArg, 7298 unsigned format_idx, 7299 unsigned firstDataArg, 7300 FormatStringType Type, 7301 VariadicCallType CallType, 7302 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7303 7304 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7305 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7306 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7307 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7308 VariadicCallType CallType); 7309 7310 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7311 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7312 bool IsCXXMember, 7313 VariadicCallType CallType, 7314 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7315 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7316 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7317 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7318 VariadicCallType CallType, 7319 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7320 7321 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7322 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7323 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7324 7325 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7326 unsigned BId, 7327 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7328 7329 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7330 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7331 7332 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7333 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7334 7335 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7336 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7337 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7338 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7339 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7340 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7341 7342 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7343 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7344 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7345 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7346 7347 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7348 Expr *Init); 7349 7350public: 7351 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7352 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7353 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7354 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7355 7356 struct TypeTagData { 7357 TypeTagData() {} 7358 7359 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7360 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7361 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7362 {} 7363 7364 QualType Type; 7365 7366 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7367 /// layout-compatibility. 7368 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7369 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7370 }; 7371 7372 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7373 /// identifies the magic value. 7374 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7375 7376private: 7377 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7378 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7379 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7380 7381 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7382 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7383 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7384 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7385 7386 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7387 /// 7388 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7389 Scope *CurScope; 7390 7391protected: 7392 friend class Parser; 7393 friend class InitializationSequence; 7394 friend class ASTReader; 7395 friend class ASTWriter; 7396 7397public: 7398 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7399 /// 7400 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7401 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7402 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7403 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7404 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7405 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7406 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7407 7408 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7409 7410 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7411 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7412 } 7413 7414 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7415 7416 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7417 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7418 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7419 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7420 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7421 return DC; 7422 } 7423}; 7424 7425/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7426class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7427 Sema &Actions; 7428 7429public: 7430 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7431 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7432 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7433 bool IsDecltype = false) 7434 : Actions(Actions) { 7435 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7436 IsDecltype); 7437 } 7438 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7439 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7440 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7441 bool IsDecltype = false) 7442 : Actions(Actions) { 7443 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7444 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7445 IsDecltype); 7446 } 7447 7448 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7449 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7450 } 7451}; 7452 7453} // end namespace clang 7454 7455#endif 7456